blob: 10017c53d5528d6f4aef6d9e0d5e1ba000ce0210 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
121
122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000124
125
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000377 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
378
379 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
380 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
381 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
382 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
383 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
384 purpose.
385
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
387
388 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
389 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
390 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
391
392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
393 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
394
395 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
396 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
397
398 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
399 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
400 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
401 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
402
403 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
404 this erratum.
405
406 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
407
408 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
409 according to the A004510 workaround.
410
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000411- Generic CPU options:
412 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
413
414 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
415 values is arch specific.
416
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100417- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200418 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100419
420 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
421 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
422 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
423
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200424 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200425
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100426 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
427 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200428 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100429 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200430
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200431- MIPS CPU options:
432 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
433
434 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
435 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
436 relocation.
437
438 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
439
440 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
441 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
442 Possible values are:
443 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
444 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
445 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
446 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
447 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
448 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
449 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
450 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
451
452 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
453
454 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
455 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
456
457 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
458
459 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
460 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
461 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
462
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000463- ARM options:
464 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
465
466 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
467 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
468
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000469 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
470
471 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
472 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
473 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
474 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
475 GCC.
476
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000477- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000478 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
479
480 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
481 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
482 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
483 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
484 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
485 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
486 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000487 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100488 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000489 default environment.
490
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000491 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
492
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200493 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000494 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
495 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
496
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400497 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200498
499 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400500 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
501 concepts).
502
503 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
504 * New libfdt-based support
505 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500506 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400507
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200508 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
509 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
510 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
511 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200512 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600513 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200514
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200515 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
516 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500517
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600518 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
519
520 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
521 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000522
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500523 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
524
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200525 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500526 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
527
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200528 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
529
530 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
531 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
532 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
533 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
534 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
535 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
536
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000537 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
538
539 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
540 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
541 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
542 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
543 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
544 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
545 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
546
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100547- vxWorks boot parameters:
548
549 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
550 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
551 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
552
553 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
554 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
555 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
556 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
557
558 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
559
560 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
561
562 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
563 the defaults discussed just above.
564
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000565- Cache Configuration:
566 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
567 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
568 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
569
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000570- Cache Configuration for ARM:
571 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
572 controller
573 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
574 controller register space
575
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000576- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200577 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000578
579 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
580
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200581 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000582
583 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
584
585 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
586
587 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
588 the clock speed of the UARTs.
589
590 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
591
592 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
593 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
594 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
595
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000596 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
597
598 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
599 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
600 this variable to initialize the extra register.
601
602 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
603
604 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
605 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
606 variable to flush the UART at init time.
607
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000608
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000609- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000610 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
611 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
612 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
613 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000614
615 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
616 port routines must be defined elsewhere
617 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
618
619 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
620 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000621 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000622 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
623 (default big endian)
624 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
625 rectangle fill
626 (cf. smiLynxEM)
627 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
628 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
629 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
630 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000631 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
632 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000633 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
634 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000635 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000636 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
637 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
638 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
639 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
640 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
641 (i.e. i8042_getc)
642 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
643 (requires blink timer
644 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200645 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000646 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
647 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500648 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000649 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
650 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000651 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
652 linux_logo.h for logo.
653 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000654 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200655 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000656 the logo
657
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000658 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
659 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
660 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000661
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000662 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
663 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
664 the "silent" environment variable. See
665 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000666
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000667- Console Baudrate:
668 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
669 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200670 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
671 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100673- Console Rx buffer length
674 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
675 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100676 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100677 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
678 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
679 the SMC.
680
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000681- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200682 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
683 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
684 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
685 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
686 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
687 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
688 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200689 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200690 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000691
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200692 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
693 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000694
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000695- Safe printf() functions
696 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
697 the printf() functions. These are defined in
698 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
699 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
700 If this option is not given then these functions will
701 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
702 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
703
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
705 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
706 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000707 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
708 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000709
710 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
711 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
712 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
713 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
714 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
715 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
716 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
717 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
718 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
719 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
720 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
721 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
722
723- Autoboot Command:
724 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
725 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
726 define a command string that is automatically executed
727 when no character is read on the console interface
728 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
729
730 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000731 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
732 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
733 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000734
735 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000736 The value of these goes into the environment as
737 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
738 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200739 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000740
741- Pre-Boot Commands:
742 CONFIG_PREBOOT
743
744 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
745 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
746 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
747 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
748 entering interactive mode.
749
750 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
751 automatically generated or modified. For an example
752 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
753 modified when the user holds down a certain
754 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
755 booting the systems
756
757- Serial Download Echo Mode:
758 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
759 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
760 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
761 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
762 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
763 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
764 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
765
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500766- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000767 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
768 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200769 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000770
771- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500772 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
773 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000774 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
775 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500776 and augmenting with additional #define's
777 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000778
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500779 The default command configuration includes all commands
780 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500782 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500783 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
784 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
785 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
786 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
787 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
788 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
789 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500790 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500791 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
792 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
793 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600794 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
795 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
796 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
797 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500798 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
799 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500800 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500801 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
802 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500803 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500804 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500805 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
806 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
807 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
808 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
809 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500810 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000811 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500812 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
813 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
814 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
815 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
816 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
817 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500818 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000819 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500820 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
821 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
822 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
823 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000825 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
826 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500827 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
828 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400829 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
830 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500831 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
832 loop, loopw, mtest
833 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
834 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
835 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100836 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500837 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
838 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600839 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000840 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
842 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
843 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
844 host
845 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
846 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
847 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
848 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
849 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
850 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
851 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
852 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
853 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700854 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100855 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400856 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200857 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500858 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000859 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000860 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000861 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
862 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500863 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500864 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000865 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000866
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000867
868 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
869 support you can write:
870
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500871 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
872 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000873
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400874 Other Commands:
875 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000876
877 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000879 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
880 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
881 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
882 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
883 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
884 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000885
886
887 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
888
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000889- Device tree:
890 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
891 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
892 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
893 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
894 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
895 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
896
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000897 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
898 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000899
900 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
901 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
902 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
903 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
904 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
905 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000906
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000907 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
908 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
909 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
910 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
911
912 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
913
914 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
915 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
916 still use the individual files if you need something more
917 exotic.
918
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000919- Watchdog:
920 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
921 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000922 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
923 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
924 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
925 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
926 available, then no further board specific code should
927 be needed to use it.
928
929 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
930 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
931 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
932 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000933
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000934- U-Boot Version:
935 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
936 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
937 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
938 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200939 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
940 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000941
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000942- Real-Time Clock:
943
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500944 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000945 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
946 following options:
947
948 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
949 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000950 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000951 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000952 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000953 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000954 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000955 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100956 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000957 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200958 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200959 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
960 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000961
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000962 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
963 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
964
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600965- GPIO Support:
966 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
967 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
968
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000969 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
970 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
971 pins supported by a particular chip.
972
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600973 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
974 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
975
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000976- Timestamp Support:
977
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000978 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
979 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
980 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500981 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000982
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000983- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
984 Zero or more of the following:
985 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
986 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
987 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
988 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
989 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
990 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
991 disk/part_efi.c
992 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000993
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100994 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
995 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000996 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997
998- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000999 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1000 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001001
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001002 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1003 be performed by calling the function
1004 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1005 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001006
1007- ATAPI Support:
1008 CONFIG_ATAPI
1009
1010 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1011
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001012- LBA48 Support
1013 CONFIG_LBA48
1014
1015 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001016 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001017 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1018 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1019
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001020 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001021 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1022 Default is 32bit.
1023
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001024- SCSI Support:
1025 At the moment only there is only support for the
1026 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1027 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1028
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001029 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1030 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1031 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001032 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1033 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001034 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001035
1036- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001037 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001038 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1039
1040 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1041 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1042 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1043 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1044
1045 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1046 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1047 example with the "sspi" command.
1048
1049 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1050 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1051 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001052
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001053 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001054 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001055
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001056 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1057 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001058 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001059 write routine for first time initialisation.
1060
1061 CONFIG_TULIP
1062 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1063 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1064 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1065
1066 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1067 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1068
1069 CONFIG_NS8382X
1070 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1071
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001072- NETWORK Support (other):
1073
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001074 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1075 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1076
1077 CONFIG_RMII
1078 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1079
1080 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1081 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1082 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1083
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001084 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1085 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1086
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001087 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
1088 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1089
1090 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1091 Define this to hold the physical address
1092 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1093
1094 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1095 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1096
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001097 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
1098 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1099
1100 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1101 Define this to hold the physical address
1102 of the device (I/O space)
1103
1104 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1105 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1106
1107 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1108 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1109 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1110
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001111 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1112 Support for davinci emac
1113
1114 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1115 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1116
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001117 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1118 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1119
1120 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1121 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1122 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1123 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1124 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1125 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1126 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1127 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1128
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001129 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001130 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1131
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001132 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001133 Define this to hold the physical address
1134 of the device (I/O space)
1135
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001136 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001137 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1138
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001139 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001140 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1141 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001142 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001143
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001144 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1145 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1146
1147 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1148 Define the number of ports to be used
1149
1150 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1151 Define the ETH PHY's address
1152
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001153 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1154 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1155
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001156- TPM Support:
1157 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1158 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1159 per system is supported at this time.
1160
1161 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1162 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1163 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1164 0xfed40000.
1165
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001166- USB Support:
1167 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001168 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001169 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1170 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001171 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001172 storage devices.
1173 Note:
1174 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1175 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001176 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1177 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1178 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001179 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1180 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001181 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1182 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1183 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001184 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1185 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001186 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001187 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1188 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001189
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001190 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1191 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1192
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001193- USB Device:
1194 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1195 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1196 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001197 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001198 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1199 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001200 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001201 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1202 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1203 a Linux host by
1204 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1205 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1206 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1207 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001208
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001209 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1210 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001211
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001212 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1213 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1214 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001215
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301216 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1217 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1218 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1219 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1220 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1221 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1222 speed.
1223
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001224 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001225 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1226 be set to usbtty.
1227
1228 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001229 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001230 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001231 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001232
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001233 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001234 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001235 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001236
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001237 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001238 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001239 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001240 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1241 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1242 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1243
1244 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1245 Define this string as the name of your company for
1246 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001247
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001248 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1249 Define this string as the name of your product
1250 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1251
1252 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1253 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1254 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1255 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1256 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001257
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001258 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1259 Define this as the unique Product ID
1260 for your device
1261 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001262
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001263- ULPI Layer Support:
1264 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1265 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1266 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1267 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1268 viewport is supported.
1269 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1270 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001271 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1272 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1273 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001274
1275- MMC Support:
1276 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1277 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1278 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1279 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001280 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1281 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001282
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001283 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1284 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1285
1286 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1287 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1288
1289 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1290 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1291
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001292- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1293 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1294 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1295 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1296
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001297 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1298 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001299 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1300
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001301 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001302 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1303 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1304
1305 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001306 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001307 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1308 have not defined a custom partition
1309
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001310- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1311 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001312
1313 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1314 file in FAT formatted partition.
1315
1316 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1317 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001318
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001319CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1320 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1321
1322 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1323 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1324 and cbfsload.
1325
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001326- Keyboard Support:
1327 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1328
1329 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1330 support
1331
1332 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1333 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1334 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1335 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1336 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1337
1338- Video support:
1339 CONFIG_VIDEO
1340
1341 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1342 video).
1343
1344 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1345
1346 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1347
1348 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001349 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001350 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1351 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1352 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001353
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001354 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001355 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001356 are possible:
1357 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001358 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001359
1360 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1361 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1362 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1363 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1364 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1365 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1366 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001367 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1368
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001369 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001370 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001371
1372
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001373 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001374 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001375 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1376 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1377
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001378 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001379 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001380 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1381 support, and should also define these other macros:
1382
1383 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1384 CONFIG_VIDEO
1385 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1386 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1387 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1388 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1389 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1390 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1391
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001392 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1393 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1394 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1395 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001396
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001397- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001398 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001399
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001400 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1401 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1402 defined in your board-specific files.
1403 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001404
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001405- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1406
1407 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1408 display); also select one of the supported displays
1409 by defining one of these:
1410
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001411 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1412
1413 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1414
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001415 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001416
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001417 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001418
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001419 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001420
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001421 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1422 Active, color, single scan.
1423
1424 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1425
1426 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001427 Active, color, single scan.
1428
1429 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1430
1431 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1432 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1433
1434 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1435
1436 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1437 Active, color, single scan.
1438
1439 CONFIG_HLD1045
1440
1441 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1442 Active, color, single scan.
1443
1444 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1445
1446 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1447 or
1448 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1449 or
1450 Hitachi SP14Q002
1451
1452 320x240. Black & white.
1453
1454 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001455 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001456
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001457- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001458
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001459 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1460 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1461 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001462 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001463 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1464 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1465 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1466 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001467
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001468 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1469
1470 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1471 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1472 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1473 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1474 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1475 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1476
1477 Example:
1478 setenv splashpos m,m
1479 => image at center of screen
1480
1481 setenv splashpos 30,20
1482 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1483
1484 setenv splashpos -10,m
1485 => vertically centered image
1486 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1487
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001488- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1489
1490 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1491 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1492 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1493
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001494- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1495
1496 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1497 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1498 bmp command.
1499
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001500- Do compresssing for memory range:
1501 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1502
1503 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1504 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1505
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001506- Compression support:
1507 CONFIG_BZIP2
1508
1509 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1510 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1511 compressed images are supported.
1512
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001513 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001514 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001515 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001516
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001517 CONFIG_LZMA
1518
1519 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1520 images is included.
1521
1522 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1523 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1524 formula:
1525
1526 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1527
1528 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1529 and Literal pos bits.
1530
1531 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1532 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1533 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1534 a very small buffer.
1535
1536 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1537 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001538 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001539
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001540- MII/PHY support:
1541 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1542
1543 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1544
1545 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1546
1547 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1548
1549 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1550
1551 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001552 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001553
1554 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1555
1556 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1557 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1558 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1559 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1560
1561 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1562
1563 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1564 command issued before MII status register can be read
1565
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001566- Ethernet address:
1567 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001568 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001569 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1570 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001571 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1572 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001573
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001574 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1575 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001576 is not determined automatically.
1577
1578- IP address:
1579 CONFIG_IPADDR
1580
1581 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001582 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001583 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001584 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001585
1586- Server IP address:
1587 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1588
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001589 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001590 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001591 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001592
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001593 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1594
1595 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1596 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1597
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001598- Gateway IP address:
1599 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1600
1601 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1602 default router where packets to other networks are
1603 sent to.
1604 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1605
1606- Subnet mask:
1607 CONFIG_NETMASK
1608
1609 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1610 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1611 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1612 forwarded through a router.
1613 (Environment variable "netmask")
1614
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001615- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1616 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1617
1618 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1619 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001620 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001621 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1622 multicast group.
1623
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001624- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1625 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1626
1627 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1628 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1629 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1630 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1631 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1632 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1633 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1634 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001635 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001636
1637 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1638 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1639 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1640 4th and following
1641 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1642
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001643- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001644 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1645 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001646
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001647 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1648 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1649 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1650 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1651 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1652 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1653 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1654 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1655 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1656 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1657 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1658 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001659 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001660
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001661 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1662 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001663
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001664 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1665 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1666 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1667 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1668 is not available.
1669
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001670 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1671 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1672 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1673 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1674 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1675 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1676 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001677 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001678
1679 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1680 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1681 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001682 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001683 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1684 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001685
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001686 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1687
1688 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1689 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1690 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1691 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1692 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1693 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1694 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1695 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1696 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1697 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1698 this delay.
1699
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001700 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1701 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1702 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1703 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1704 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1705
1706 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1707
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001708 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001709 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001710
1711 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1712
1713 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1714
1715 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1716 of the device.
1717
1718 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1719
1720 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1721 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001722 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001723
1724 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1725
1726 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1727 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1728
1729 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1730
1731 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1732
1733 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1734
1735 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1736
1737 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1738
1739 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1740
1741 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1742
1743 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1744 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1745
1746 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1747
1748 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1749
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001750- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1751
1752 Several configurations allow to display the current
1753 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1754 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1755 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1756 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1757 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1758 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1759 feature in U-Boot.
1760
1761- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1762
1763 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1764 on those systems that support this (optional)
1765 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1766
1767- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1768
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001769 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001770 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001771 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001772
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001773 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001774 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001775 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1776 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001777 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001778
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001779 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001780
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001781 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001782 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1783 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001784
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001785 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001786 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001787
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001788 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001789 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001790 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001791 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001792
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001793 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001794 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001795 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1796 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1797 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001798
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001799 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1800
1801 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1802 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1803 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1804 commands until the slave device responds.
1805
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001806 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001807
1808 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1809 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1810 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001811
1812 I2C_INIT
1813
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001814 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001815 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001816
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001817 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001818
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001819 I2C_PORT
1820
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001821 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1822 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1823 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001824
1825 I2C_ACTIVE
1826
1827 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1828 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1829 define can be null.
1830
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001831 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1832
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001833 I2C_TRISTATE
1834
1835 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1836 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1837 define can be null.
1838
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001839 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1840
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001841 I2C_READ
1842
1843 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1844 FALSE if it is low.
1845
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001846 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1847
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001848 I2C_SDA(bit)
1849
1850 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1851 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1852
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001853 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001854 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001855 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001856
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001857 I2C_SCL(bit)
1858
1859 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1860 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1861
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001862 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001863 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001864 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001865
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001866 I2C_DELAY
1867
1868 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1869 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001870 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001871 like:
1872
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001873 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001874
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001875 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1876
1877 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1878 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1879 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1880 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1881
1882 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1883 the generic GPIO functions.
1884
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001885 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001886
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001887 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1888 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1889 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1890 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1891 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1892 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1893 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1894 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001895
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001896 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1897
1898 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1899 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1900 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1901 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1902 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1903 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1904 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1905 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1906
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001907 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1908
1909 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1910 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1911 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1912
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001913 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1914
1915 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001916 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1917 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001918 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001920 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001921
1922 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001923 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001924 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1925 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001926
1927 e.g.
1928 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001929 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001930
1931 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1932
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001933 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001934 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001935
1936 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1937
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001938 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001939
1940 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1941 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1942
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001943 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001944
1945 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1946 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1947
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001948 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001949
1950 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1951 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1952
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001953 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001954
1955 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1956 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1957 specified DTT device.
1958
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001959 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1960
1961 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001962 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001963
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001964 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1965
1966 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1967 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1968 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1969 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1970 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1971 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1972
1973 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1974 feature!
1975
1976 Example:
1977 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1978 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1979 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1980
1981 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1982
1983 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1984 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1985
1986 => i2c bus
1987 Busses reached over muxes:
1988 Bus ID: 2
1989 reached over Mux(es):
1990 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1991 Bus ID: 3
1992 reached over Mux(es):
1993 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1994 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1995 =>
1996
1997 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001998 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1999 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002000 the channel 4.
2001
2002 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002003 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002004 the 2 muxes.
2005
2006 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2007 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2008 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2009 to add this option to other architectures.
2010
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002011 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2012
2013 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2014 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2015 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2016 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2017 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2018 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2019 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002020
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002021- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2022
2023 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2024 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2025 D/As on the SACSng board)
2026
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002027 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2028
2029 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2030 only SH7757 is supported.
2031
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002032 CONFIG_SPI_X
2033
2034 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2035 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2036
2037 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2038
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002039 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2040 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2041 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2042 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2043 defined, the board configuration must define several
2044 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2045 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002046
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002047 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2048
2049 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2050 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2051 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002052 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002053 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2054
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002055 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2056
2057 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002058 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002059
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002060- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2061
2062 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2063
2064 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2065
2066 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2067 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2068
2069 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2070
2071 Enables support for FPGA family.
2072 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2073
2074 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002075
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002076 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002077
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002078 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002079
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002080 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002081
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002082 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002083
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002084 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2085 status by the configuration function. This option
2086 will require a board or device specific function to
2087 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002088
2089 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2090
2091 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2092 configuration driver.
2093
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002094 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002095 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2096
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002097 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002098
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002099 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2100 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2101 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2102 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002103
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002104 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002105
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002106 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2107 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2108 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002109 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002110
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002111 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002112
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002113 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002114 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002115
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002116 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002117
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002118 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002119 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002120
2121- Configuration Management:
2122 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2123
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002124 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2125 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002126
2127- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2128
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002129 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2130 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002131 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002132 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2133 protects these variables from casual modification by
2134 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2135 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002136 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002137
2138 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2139 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002140 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002141 these parameters.
2142
2143 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2144 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002145 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002146 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2147 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2148 read-only.]
2149
2150- Protected RAM:
2151 CONFIG_PRAM
2152
2153 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2154 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2155 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2156 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2157 this default value by defining an environment
2158 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2159 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2160 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2161 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2162 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2163 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2164 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2165
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002166 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002167 saveenv
2168
2169 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2170 either, which results in a memory region that will
2171 not be affected by reboots.
2172
2173 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2174 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2175 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2176 following board configurations are known to be
2177 "pRAM-clean":
2178
2179 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2180 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002181 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002182
2183- Error Recovery:
2184 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2185
2186 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2187 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2188 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002189 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002190 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2191 useful during development since you can try to debug
2192 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2193
2194 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2195
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002196 This variable defines the number of retries for
2197 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2198 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2199 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002200
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002201 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2202
2203 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2204
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002205 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2206
2207 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2208 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2209 try longer timeout such as
2210 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2211
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002212- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002213 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002214
2215 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2216
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002217 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2218 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002219
2220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002221 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002222
2223 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2224 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2225 powerful command line syntax like
2226 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2227 constructs ("shell scripts").
2228
2229 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2230 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2231
2232
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002233 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002234
2235 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2236 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2237 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2238
2239 Note:
2240
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002241 In the current implementation, the local variables
2242 space and global environment variables space are
2243 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2244 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2245 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2246 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2247 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002248
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002249 Global environment variables are those you use
2250 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2251 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2252 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002253
2254 To store commands and special characters in a
2255 variable, please use double quotation marks
2256 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2257 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2258 symbols.
2259
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002260- Commandline Editing and History:
2261 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2262
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002263 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002264 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002265
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002266- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002267 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2268
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002269 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2270 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002271 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002272
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002273 For example, place something like this in your
2274 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002275
2276 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2277 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2278 "myvar2=value2\0"
2279
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002280 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2281 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2282 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2283 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002284 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002285 You better know what you are doing here.
2286
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002287 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2288 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002289 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002290 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002291
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002292 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2293
2294 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2295 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2296 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2297
2298 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2299
2300 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2301 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2302 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2303 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2304 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2305
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002306- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002307 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2308
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002309 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2310 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2311 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002312
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002313- Serial Flash support
2314 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2315
2316 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2317 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2318
2319 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2320 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2321 commands.
2322
2323 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2324 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2325 flash is present on the system.
2326
2327 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2328 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2329 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2330 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2331
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002332- SystemACE Support:
2333 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2334
2335 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2336 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002337 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002338 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002339
2340 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002341 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002342
2343 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2344 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2345
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002346- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2347 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2348
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002349 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002350 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002351 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002352 number generator is used.
2353
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002354 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2355 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2356 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2357
2358 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002359 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2360 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2361 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2362 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2363 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2364 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2365
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002366- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002367 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2368
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002369 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2370 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2371 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2372 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2373 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2374 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002375
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002376- Detailed boot stage timing
2377 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2378 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2379 of the boot process.
2380
2381 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2382 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2383 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2384 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2385 the limit, recording will stop.
2386
2387 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2388 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2389
2390 Timer summary in microseconds:
2391 Mark Elapsed Stage
2392 0 0 reset
2393 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2394 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2395 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2396 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2397 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2398 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2399 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2400
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002401 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2402 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2403 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2404
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002405 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2406 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2407 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2408 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2409 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2410 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2411 For example:
2412
2413 bootstage {
2414 154 {
2415 name = "board_init_f";
2416 mark = <3575678>;
2417 };
2418 170 {
2419 name = "lcd";
2420 accum = <33482>;
2421 };
2422 };
2423
2424 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2425
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002426Legacy uImage format:
2427
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002428 Arg Where When
2429 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002430 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002431 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002432 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002433 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002434 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002435 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2436 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2437 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002438 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002439 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2440 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2441 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2442 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002443 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002444 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002445
2446 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2447 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2448 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2449 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2450 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2451 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2452 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002453 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002454 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2455 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2456
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002457 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002458
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002459 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002460 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2461 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002462
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002463 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2464 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2465 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2466 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2467 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2468 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2469 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2470 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2471 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2472 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2473 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2474 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2475 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2476 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2477 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2478 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2479 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2480 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2481 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2482 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2483 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2484 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2485 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2486 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2487 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2488 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2489 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2490 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2491 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2492 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2493 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2494 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2495 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2496 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2497 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2498 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2499 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2500 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2501 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2502 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2503 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2504 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2505 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2506 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2507 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2508 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2509 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002510
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002511 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002512
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002513 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002514 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2515 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002516
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002517 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2518 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002519 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002520 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2521 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2522 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002523 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2524 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002525 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002526
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002527FIT uImage format:
2528
2529 Arg Where When
2530 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2531 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2532 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2533 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2534 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2535 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002536 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002537 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2538 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2539 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2540 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2541 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002542 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2543 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002544 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2545 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2546 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2547 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2548 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2549 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2550 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2551 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2552
2553 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2554 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2555 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002556 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002557 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2558 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2559 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2560 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2561 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2562 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2563 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2564 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2565 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2566 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2567 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2568 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2569
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002570 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002571 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2572
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002573 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002574 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2575
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002576 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002577 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2578
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002579- Standalone program support:
2580 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2581
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002582 This option defines a board specific value for the
2583 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2584 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002585 settings.
2586
2587- Frame Buffer Address:
2588 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2589
2590 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2591 address for frame buffer.
2592 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2593 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002594 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002595
2596 Please see board_init_f function.
2597
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002598- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2599 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2600 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2601 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2602
2603 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2604 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2605
2606- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2607 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2608
2609 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2610 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2611
2612 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2613
2614 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2615 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2616
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002617- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002618 CONFIG_SPL
2619 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002620
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002621 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2622 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2623
2624 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2625 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2626
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002627 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2628 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002629
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002630 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2631 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2632
2633 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2634 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2635
2636 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2637 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2638
2639 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2640 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2641
2642 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2643 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002644
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002645 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2646 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2647 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2648 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2649
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002650 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2651 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2652 about the running system.
2653
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002654 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2655 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002656
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002657 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2658 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002659
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002660 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2661 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002662
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002663 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2664 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002665
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002666 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2667 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002668
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002669 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2670 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2671 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2672 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2673 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2674
2675 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2676 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2677
2678 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2679 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2680
2681 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2682 Support for drivers/mtd/nand/libnand.o in SPL binary
2683
2684 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2685 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2686 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2687 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2688 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2689 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
2690 to read U-Boot with CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2691
2692 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
2693 Location in NAND for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to read U-Boot
2694 from.
2695
2696 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
2697 Location in memory for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to load U-Boot
2698 to.
2699
2700 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2701 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2702 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2703
2704 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2705 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2706 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2707
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002708 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2709 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002710
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002711 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2712 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002713
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002714 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2715 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002716
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002717 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2718 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2719
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002720 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2721 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002722
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002723Modem Support:
2724--------------
2725
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002726[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002727
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002728- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002729 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2730
2731- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2732 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2733
2734- Modem debug support:
2735 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2736
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002737 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2738 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002739
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002740- Interrupt support (PPC):
2741
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002742 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2743 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002744 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002745 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002746 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002747 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002748 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002749 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2750 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2751 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002752
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002753- General:
2754
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002755 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2756 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2757 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002758 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002759 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2760 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2761 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002762
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002763 If there are no modem init strings in the
2764 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2765 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002766 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002767
2768 See also: doc/README.Modem
2769
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002770Board initialization settings:
2771------------------------------
2772
2773During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2774to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2775before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2776following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2777architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2778typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2779
2780- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2781- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2782- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2783- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002784
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002785Configuration Settings:
2786-----------------------
2787
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002788- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002789 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2790
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002791- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2792 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2793
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002794- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002795 prompt for user input.
2796
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002797- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002799- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002800
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002801- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002802
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002803- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002804 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2805 booted
2806
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002807- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002808 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2809
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002810- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002811 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002812
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002813- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002814 If the board specific function
2815 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2816 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002817 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2818
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002819- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002820 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002821
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002822- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002823 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002825- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002826 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2827 simple memory test.
2828
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002829- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002830 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002831
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002832- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002833 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2834 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2835
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002836- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2837 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002838 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002839 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002840 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2841 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2842 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002843 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002844 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002845 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002846
2847 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2848 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2849 be touched.
2850
2851 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2852 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2853 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2854 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2855 problems.
2856
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002857- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002858 Default load address for network file downloads
2859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002860- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002861 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2862
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002863- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002864 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2865
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002866- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002867 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2868 Cogent motherboard)
2869
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002870- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002871 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2872
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002873- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002874 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2875 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002876 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002877 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002878
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002879- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002880 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2881 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2882 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2883 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002884
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002885- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002886 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2887
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002888- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002889 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2890 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002891 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002892 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2893
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002894- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002895 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2896 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002897 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2898 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2899 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2900 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002901 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002902 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2903 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2904 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002905
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002906- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2907 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2908 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2909 is enabled.
2910
2911- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2912 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2913 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2914
2915- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2916 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2917 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2918
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002919- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002920 Max number of Flash memory banks
2921
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002922- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002923 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2924
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002925- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002926 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2927
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002928- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002929 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2930
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002931- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002932 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2933
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002934- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002935 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002937- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002938 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2939 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2940
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002941- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002942
2943 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2944 without this option such a download has to be
2945 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2946 copy from RAM to flash.
2947
2948 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2949 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002950 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2951 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002952 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2953
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002954- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002955 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002956 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2957
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002958- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002959 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2960 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002961
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002962- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2963 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2964 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2965 to the MTD layer.
2966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002967- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002968 Use buffered writes to flash.
2969
2970- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2971 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2972 write commands.
2973
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002974- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002975 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2976 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2977 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2978 optionally available.
2979
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002980- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2981 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2982 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2983 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2984
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002985- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002986 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2987 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002988 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2989 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002990 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002991 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2992
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002993- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2994
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002995 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2996 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2997 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2998 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2999 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003001The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3002of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3003following configurations:
3004
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003005- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3006
3007 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3008 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3009
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003010- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003011
3012 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3013
3014 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3015 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3016 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3017 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3018 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3019 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3020 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3021 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3022 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3023 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3024 between U-Boot and the environment.
3025
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003026 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003027
3028 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3029 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3030 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3031 for this sector is given here.
3032
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003033 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003034
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003035 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003036
3037 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3038 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003039 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003040
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003041 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003042
3043 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3044
3045
3046 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3047 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3048 the environment.
3049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003050 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003051
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003052 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003053 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003054 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3055 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3056
3057 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3058 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3059 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3060 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3061 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3062 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3063 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3064 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3065 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3066
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003067 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3068 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003069
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003070 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003071 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003072 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003073 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003074
3075BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3076source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3077accordingly!
3078
3079
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003080- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003081
3082 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3083 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3084 environment.
3085
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003086 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3087 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003088
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003089 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003090 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3091 can just be read and written to, without any special
3092 provision.
3093
3094BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3095in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003096console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003097U-Boot will hang.
3098
3099Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3100environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3101keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3102to save the current settings.
3103
3104
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003105- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003106
3107 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3108 device and a driver for it.
3109
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003110 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3111 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003112
3113 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3114 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3115
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003116 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003117 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3118 The default address is zero.
3119
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003120 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003121 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3122 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3123 would require six bits.
3124
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003125 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003126 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003127 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003128
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003129 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003130 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3131 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3132
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003133 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003134 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3135 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3136 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3137 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3138 byte chips.
3139
3140 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3141 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3142 in the chip address.
3143
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003144 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003145 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3146
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003147 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3148 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3149 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3150
3151 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3152 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3153 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3154 EEPROM. For example:
3155
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003156 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003157
3158 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3159 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003160
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003161- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003162
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003163 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003164 want to use for the environment.
3165
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003166 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3167 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3168 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003169
3170 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3171 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3172 at the specified address.
3173
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003174- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3175
3176 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3177 want to use for the local device's environment.
3178
3179 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3180 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3181
3182 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3183 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3184 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003185 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003186
3187BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3188"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003189environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3190but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003191
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003192- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003193
3194 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3195 for the environment.
3196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003197 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3198 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003199
3200 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003201 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3202 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003203
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003204 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003206 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003207 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3208 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003209 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003210 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003211
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003212 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3213
3214 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3215 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3216 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3217 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3218 the range to be avoided.
3219
3220 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3221
3222 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3223 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3224 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3225 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3226 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003227
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003228- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3229
3230 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3231 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3232 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3233
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003234- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003235
3236 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3237 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3238 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3239 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3240 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3241 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3242 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3243
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003244Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003245has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003246created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003247until then to read environment variables.
3248
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003249The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3250is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3251with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3252necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3253"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3254have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003255
3256Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3257the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003258use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003259
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003260- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003261 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003262
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003263 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003264 also needs to be defined.
3265
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003266- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003267 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003268
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003269- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3270 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3271 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3272 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3273 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3274 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3275
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003276Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003277---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003278
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003279- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003280 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3281
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003282- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003283 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003284
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003285 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3286 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3287 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003288
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003289- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3290 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3291 PowerPC SOCs.
3292
3293- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3294 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3295 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3296
3297 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3298 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3299
3300- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3301 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3302 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003303 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003304 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3305 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3306 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3307
3308 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3309 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3310
3311- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003312 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3313 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003314 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3315 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3316
3317- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3318 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3319 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3320 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3321
3322- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3323 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3324 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3325
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003326- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003327 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003328
3329 the default drive number (default value 0)
3330
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003331 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003332
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003333 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003334 (default value 1)
3335
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003336 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003337
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003338 defines the offset of register from address. It
3339 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003340 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003342 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3343 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003344 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003345
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003346 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003347 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3348 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3349 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3350 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003351
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003352- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3353 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3354 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3355 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3356 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3357 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3358 is requierd.
3359
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003360- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003361 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003362 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003363
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003364- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003365
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003366 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003367 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3368 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3369 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3370 will become available only after programming the
3371 memory controller and running certain initialization
3372 sequences.
3373
3374 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3375 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3376 - MPC824X: data cache
3377 - PPC4xx: data cache
3378
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003379- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003380
3381 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003382 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3383 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003384 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003385 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003386 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3387 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3388 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003389
3390 Note:
3391 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3392 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003393 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003394 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3395 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3396
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003397- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003398
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003399- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003400
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003401- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003402
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003403- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003404
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003405- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003406
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003407- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003408
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003409- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003410 SDRAM timing
3411
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003412- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003413 periodic timer for refresh
3414
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003415- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003416
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003417- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3418 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3419 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3420 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003421 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3422
3423- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003424 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3425 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003426 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3427
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003428- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3429 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003430 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3431 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3432
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003433- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003434 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3435 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3436
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003437- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003438 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3439 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3440
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003441- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003442 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3443 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003445- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003446 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3447 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3448 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3449
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003450- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003451 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3452 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3453 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3454 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003455
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003456- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3457 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3458 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3459 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3460 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3461 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3462 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3463 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003464 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003465
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003466- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3467 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3468 required.
3469
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003470- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3471 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3472 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3473 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3474 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3475 by coreboot or similar.
3476
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003477- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3478 Chip has SRIO or not
3479
3480- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3481 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3482
3483- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3484 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3485
3486- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3487 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3488
3489- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3490 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3491
3492- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3493 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3494
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003495- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3496 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3497 16 bit bus.
3498
3499- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3500 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3501 a default value will be used.
3502
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003503- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003504 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3505 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3506
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003507 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3508 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3509
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003510- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003511 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3512 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3513 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003514
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003515- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3516 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3517 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3518 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3519 header files or board specific files.
3520
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003521- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3522 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3523
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003524- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003525 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3526 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003527
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003528- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3529 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3530
3531- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3532 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003533 to the given FEC; i. e.
3534 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003535 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3536
3537 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3538
3539- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3540 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3541 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3542
3543- CONFIG_RMII
3544 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3545 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3546 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3547
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003548- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3549 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3550 The syntax is:
3551
3552 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3553
3554 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3555 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3556 area should have.
3557
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003558- CONFIG_LOOPW
3559 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003560 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003561
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003562- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3563 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3564 "md/mw" commands.
3565 Examples:
3566
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003567 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003568 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3569
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003570 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003571 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3572
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003573 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003574 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003575
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003576- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003577 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003578 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3579 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3580 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003581
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003582 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3583 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3584 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3585 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003586
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003587- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003588 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3589 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3590 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003591
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003592- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3593 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3594 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3595 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3596 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3597
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003598Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3599-----------------------------------
3600
3601The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3602loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3603This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3604are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3605within that device.
3606
3607- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3608 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3609 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3610 is also specified.
3611
3612- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3613 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3614 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3615 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3616 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3617
3618- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3619 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3620 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3621 virtual address in NOR flash.
3622
3623- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3624 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3625 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3626
3627- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3628 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3629 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3630
3631- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3632 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3633 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3634
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003635- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3636 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3637 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003638 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3639 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3640 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003641
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003642Building the Software:
3643======================
3644
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003645Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3646and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3647all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3648(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3649recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3650which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003651
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003652If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3653have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3654you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3655Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3656necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003657
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003658 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3659 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003660
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003661Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3662 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3663 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3664 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3665
3666 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3667
3668 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3669 be executed on computers running Windows.
3670
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003671U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3672sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003673is done by typing:
3674
3675 make NAME_config
3676
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003677where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003678rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003680Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3681 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3682 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3683 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003684 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003686 make TQM823L_config
3687 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003689 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3690 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003692 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003693
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003695Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3696images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003697
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003698- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3699- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3700- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003701
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003702By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3703in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3704this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3705
37061. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3707
3708 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3709 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3710 make O=/tmp/build all
3711
37122. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3713
3714 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3715 make distclean
3716 make NAME_config
3717 make all
3718
3719Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3720variable.
3721
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003723Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3724for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3725native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003726
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003728If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3729to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3730steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000037321. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003733 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
3734 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000037352. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3736 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3737 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
37383. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3739 your board
37403. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3741 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
37424. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
37435. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3744 to be installed on your target system.
37456. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3746 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003747
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003749Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3750==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003751
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003752If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3753or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003754provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3755the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003756official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003757
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003758But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3759cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003760the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3761just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003762for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3763select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3764environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3765you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003766
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003767 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003768
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003769or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003770
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003771 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003772
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003773When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3774U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3775setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3776built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3777<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3778location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3779variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003780
3781 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3782 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3783 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3784
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003785With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3786log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3787during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003788
3789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003790See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003791
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003793Monitor Commands - Overview:
3794============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003796go - start application at address 'addr'
3797run - run commands in an environment variable
3798bootm - boot application image from memory
3799bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003800bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003801tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3802 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3803 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003804tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003805rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3806diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3807loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3808loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3809md - memory display
3810mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3811nm - memory modify (constant address)
3812mw - memory write (fill)
3813cp - memory copy
3814cmp - memory compare
3815crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003816i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003817sspi - SPI utility commands
3818base - print or set address offset
3819printenv- print environment variables
3820setenv - set environment variables
3821saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3822protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3823erase - erase FLASH memory
3824flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3825bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3826iminfo - print header information for application image
3827coninfo - print console devices and informations
3828ide - IDE sub-system
3829loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003830loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003831mtest - simple RAM test
3832icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3833dcache - enable or disable data cache
3834reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3835echo - echo args to console
3836version - print monitor version
3837help - print online help
3838? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003839
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003840
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003841Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3842========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003843
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003844TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003845
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003846For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003847
3848
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003849Environment Variables:
3850======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003852U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3853can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003855Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3856"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3857without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3858environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3859working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3860environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003861
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003862Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3863
3864List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003866 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003868 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003870 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003872 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003873
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003874 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003875
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003876 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3877 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3878 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3879 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3880 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3881 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003882 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3883 bootm_mapsize.
3884
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003885 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003886 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3887 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3888 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3889 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3890 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3891 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003892
3893 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3894 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3895 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3896 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3897 environment variable.
3898
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003899 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3900 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3901 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003903 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3904 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3905 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3906 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003908 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3909 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3910 be automatically started (by internally calling
3911 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003913 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3914 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3915 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3916 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3917 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003918
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003919 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3920 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003921 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3922 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3923 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3924 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3925 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3926 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3927 access it during the boot procedure.
3928
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003929 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3930 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3931 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3932 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3933 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3934 must be accessible by the kernel.
3935
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003936 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3937 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3938 defined.
3939
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003940 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3941 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3942 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3943 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3944 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3945
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003946 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3947 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3948 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3949 is usually what you want since it allows for
3950 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3951 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003952 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003953 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3954 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3955 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3956 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003957
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003958 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3959 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3960 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3961 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3962 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3963 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003964
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003965 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003967 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3968 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3969 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3970 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3971 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3972 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3973 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003974
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003975 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003976
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003977 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3978 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003980 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003982 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003984 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003986 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003988 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003989
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003990 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003991
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003992 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3993 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003994
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003995 => setenv ethact FEC
3996 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3997 => setenv ethact SCC
3998 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003999
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004000 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4001 available network interfaces.
4002 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4003
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004004 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004005 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4006 When set to "once" the network operation will
4007 fail when all the available network interfaces
4008 are tried once without success.
4009 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4010 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004011
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004012 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004013
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004014 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004015 UDP source port.
4016
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004017 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4018 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4019
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004020 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4021 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4022
4023 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4024 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4025 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4026 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4027 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4028 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4029 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4030
4031 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004032 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004033 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004034
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004035The following image location variables contain the location of images
4036used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4037not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4038variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4039server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4040loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4041flash or offset in NAND flash.
4042
4043*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4044boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4045boards use these variables for other purposes.
4046
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004047Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4048----- --------- ----------- --------------
4049u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4050Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4051device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4052ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004054The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4055updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4056depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004058 bootfile - see above
4059 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4060 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4061 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4062 hostname - Target hostname
4063 ipaddr - see above
4064 netmask - Subnet Mask
4065 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4066 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004067
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004069There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004070
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004071 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4072 as type string and/or serial number
4073 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004075These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4076the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4077once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004078
4079
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004080Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004081
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004082 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4083 with the "version" command. This variable is
4084 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004085
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004087Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4088only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004089
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004091Command Line Parsing:
4092=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004093
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004094There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4095the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004096
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004097Old, simple command line parser:
4098--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004099
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004100- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4101- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004102- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004103- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4104 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004105 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004106- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4107 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004108
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004109Hush shell:
4110-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004112- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4113 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4114 until...do...done, ...
4115- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4116 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4117 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4118 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004120General rules:
4121--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004122
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004123(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4124 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4125 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4126 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004127
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004128(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004129 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004130 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4131 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004133Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4134=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004135
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004136Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004137such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4138"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004140Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4141MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4142"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004144If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4145in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4146ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4147variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004148
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004149o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4150 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004152o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4153 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4154 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004156o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4157 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004159o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4160 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4161 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004163o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4164 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004165
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004166If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004167will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004168may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4169The naming convention is as follows:
4170"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004172Image Formats:
4173==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004174
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004175U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4176images in two formats:
4177
4178New uImage format (FIT)
4179-----------------------
4180
4181Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4182to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4183components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4184SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4185
4186
4187Old uImage format
4188-----------------
4189
4190Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4191preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4192details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004194* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4195 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004196 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4197 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4198 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004199* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004200 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4201 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004202* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4203* Load Address
4204* Entry Point
4205* Image Name
4206* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004208The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4209and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4210CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004211
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004213Linux Support:
4214==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004215
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004216Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4217easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4218U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004220U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4221special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4222"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4223instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4224serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004226- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4227 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4228 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004230- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4231 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004233- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4234 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4235 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4236 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4237 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4238 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004239
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004241Linux HOWTO:
4242============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004244Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4245---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004246
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004247U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4248configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4249(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4250Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004252But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004253
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004254Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4255include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004256Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4257and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004258as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004259
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004260
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004261Configuring the Linux kernel:
4262-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004264No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4265device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004266
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004268Building a Linux Image:
4269-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004271With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4272not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4273"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4274U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4275which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4276100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004278Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004279
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004280 make TQM850L_config
4281 make oldconfig
4282 make dep
4283 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004285The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4286encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4287CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004289* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004291* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004292
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004293 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4294 -R .note -R .comment \
4295 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004297* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004298
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004299 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004301* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004303 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4304 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4305 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004306
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004307
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004308The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4309with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4310combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4311byte header containing information about target architecture,
4312operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4313stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004315"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4316print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004317
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004318In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4319contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4320checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004321
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004322 tools/mkimage -l image
4323 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004324
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004325The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4326from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004327
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004328 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4329 -n name -d data_file image
4330 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4331 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4332 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4333 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4334 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4335 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4336 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4337 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004338
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004339Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4340address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4341kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004343- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4344- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004345
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004346So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004347
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004348 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4349 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004350 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004351 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4352 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4353 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4354 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4355 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4356 Load Address: 0x00000000
4357 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004359To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004361 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4362 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4363 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4364 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4365 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4366 Load Address: 0x00000000
4367 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004368
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004369NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4370speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4371needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4372need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004373
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004374 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004375 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4376 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004377 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004378 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4379 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4380 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4381 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4382 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4383 Load Address: 0x00000000
4384 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004385
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004387Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4388when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004390 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4391 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4392 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4393 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4394 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4395 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4396 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4397 Load Address: 0x00000000
4398 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004399
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004400
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004401Installing a Linux Image:
4402-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004403
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004404To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4405you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004406
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004407 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004409The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4410image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4411address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4412specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4413command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004415Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4416TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004418 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004420 .......... done
4421 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004423 => loads 40100000
4424 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4425 ~>examples/image.srec
4426 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4427 ...
4428 15989 15990 15991 15992
4429 [file transfer complete]
4430 [connected]
4431 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004432
4433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004434You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004435this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004436corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004438 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004439
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004440 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4441 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4442 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4443 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4444 Load Address: 00000000
4445 Entry Point: 0000000c
4446 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004447
4448
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004449Boot Linux:
4450-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004451
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004452The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4453memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4454of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4455parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4456"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004457
4458
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004459 => printenv bootargs
4460 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004461
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004462 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004464 => printenv bootargs
4465 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004467 => bootm 40020000
4468 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4469 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4470 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4471 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4472 Load Address: 00000000
4473 Entry Point: 0000000c
4474 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4475 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4476 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4477 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4478 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4479 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4480 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4481 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004482
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004483If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004484the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4485format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004486
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004487 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004488
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004489 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4490 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4491 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4492 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4493 Load Address: 00000000
4494 Entry Point: 0000000c
4495 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004496
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004497 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4498 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4499 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4500 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4501 Load Address: 00000000
4502 Entry Point: 00000000
4503 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004504
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004505 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4506 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4507 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4508 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4509 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4510 Load Address: 00000000
4511 Entry Point: 0000000c
4512 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4513 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4514 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4515 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4516 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4517 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4518 Load Address: 00000000
4519 Entry Point: 00000000
4520 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4521 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4522 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4523 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4524 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4525 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4526 ...
4527 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4528 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004529
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004530 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004531
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004532Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4533-----------
4534
4535First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4536titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4537following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4538flat device tree:
4539
4540=> print oftaddr
4541oftaddr=0x300000
4542=> print oft
4543oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4544=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4545Speed: 1000, full duplex
4546Using TSEC0 device
4547TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4548Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4549Load address: 0x300000
4550Loading: #
4551done
4552Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4553=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4554Speed: 1000, full duplex
4555Using TSEC0 device
4556TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4557Filename 'uImage'.
4558Load address: 0x200000
4559Loading:############
4560done
4561Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4562=> print loadaddr
4563loadaddr=200000
4564=> print oftaddr
4565oftaddr=0x300000
4566=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4567## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004568 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4569 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4570 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004571 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004572 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004573 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4574 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4575Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4576Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4577Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4578[snip]
4579
4580
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004581More About U-Boot Image Types:
4582------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004584U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004585
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004586 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4587 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4588 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4589 the Standalone Program.
4590 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4591 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4592 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4593 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4594 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4595 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4596 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4597 being started.
4598 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4599 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4600 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4601 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4602 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4603 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004605 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4606 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4607 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4608 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4609 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4610 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004611
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004612 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4613 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4614 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004616 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4617 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4618 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4619 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004620
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004621Booting the Linux zImage:
4622-------------------------
4623
4624On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4625using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4626as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4627
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004628Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
4629kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4630address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4631format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4632
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004634Standalone HOWTO:
4635=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004637One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4638run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4639U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004641Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004642
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004643"Hello World" Demo:
4644-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004646'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4647application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4648It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4649like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004651 => loads
4652 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4653 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4654 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4655 [file transfer complete]
4656 [connected]
4657 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004658
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004659 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4660 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4661 Hello World
4662 argc = 7
4663 argv[0] = "40004"
4664 argv[1] = "Hello"
4665 argv[2] = "World!"
4666 argv[3] = "This"
4667 argv[4] = "is"
4668 argv[5] = "a"
4669 argv[6] = "test."
4670 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4671 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004672
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004673 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004674
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004675Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4676handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4677Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4678The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4679character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4680controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004682 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4683 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4684 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4685 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004687 => loads
4688 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4689 ~>examples/timer.srec
4690 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4691 [file transfer complete]
4692 [connected]
4693 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004695 => go 40004
4696 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4697 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4698 Using timer 1
4699 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004701Hit 'b':
4702 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4703 Enabling timer
4704Hit '?':
4705 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4706 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4707Hit '?':
4708 [q, b, e, ?] .
4709 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4710Hit '?':
4711 [q, b, e, ?] .
4712 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4713Hit '?':
4714 [q, b, e, ?] .
4715 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4716Hit 'e':
4717 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4718Hit 'q':
4719 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004720
4721
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004722Minicom warning:
4723================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004725Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4726"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4727consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4728Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4729especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004730use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4731http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4732for help with kermit.
4733
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004735Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4736configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004738 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4739 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4740 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004741
4742
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004743NetBSD Notes:
4744=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4747(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4750NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4751need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4752Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4753attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4754missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004755
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004756 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4757 # mkdir powerpc
4758 # ln -s powerpc machine
4759 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4760 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4763and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004765Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4766stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4767proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4768tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004769meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004770
4771
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004772Implementation Internals:
4773=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004774
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004775The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4776implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4777inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4778hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004779
4780
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004781Initial Stack, Global Data:
4782---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004784The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4785starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4786system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4787This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4788is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4789at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4790options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4791models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4792MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4793locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004794
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004795 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004796 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004797
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004798 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4799 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4800 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4801 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004803 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4804 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4805 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4806 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4807 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004808 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004809 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4810 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004812 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4813 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004814 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004815 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4816 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4817 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4818 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004820 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004821 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4822 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004823 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004824 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4825 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4826 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4827 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4828 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830 -Chris Hallinan
4831 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004833It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4834code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004835
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004836* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4837 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004838
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004839* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004840 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4841 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004842
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004843* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4844 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004845
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004846Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4847normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4848turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4849simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4850functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4851functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4852the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4853place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4854reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004856When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4857relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4858GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004859
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004860For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4861 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004862 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004863 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4864 R5-R10: parameter passing
4865 R13: small data area pointer
4866 R30: GOT pointer
4867 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004868
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004869 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4870 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4871 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004872
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004873 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004874
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004875 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4876 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4877 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4878 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4879 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4880 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004881
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004882On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004883 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4884
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004885 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004888
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004889 R0: function argument word/integer result
4890 R1-R3: function argument word
4891 R9: GOT pointer
4892 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4893 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4894 R12: temporary workspace
4895 R13: stack pointer
4896 R14: link register
4897 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004899 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004900
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004901On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4902 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4903
4904 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4905
4906 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4907 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4908
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004909On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4910
4911 R0-R1: argument/return
4912 R2-R5: argument
4913 R15: temporary register for assembler
4914 R16: trampoline register
4915 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4916 R29: global pointer (GP)
4917 R30: link register (LP)
4918 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4919 PC: program counter (PC)
4920
4921 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4922
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004923NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4924or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004926Memory Management:
4927------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004929U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4930MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4933controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4934memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4935physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4938TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4939booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4940to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004941memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4943Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004945Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4946of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004947
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004948So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4949this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004950
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004951 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4952 :
4953 0x0000 1FFF
4954 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4955 :
4956 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004957
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004958 :
4959 :
4960 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4961 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4962 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4963 :
4964 0x00FD FFFF
4965 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4966 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4967 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4968 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004969
4970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004971System Initialization:
4972----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004974In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004975(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004976configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4977To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4978To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4979initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4980which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4981part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4982the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004984Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4985preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4986(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4987on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4988programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4989simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4990banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004991
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004992When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4993different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4994bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
49950x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4996contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004997
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004998Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4999and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5000Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5001pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005002
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005003Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5004until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5005running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5006new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005007
5008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009U-Boot Porting Guide:
5010----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005011
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005012[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5013list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005014
5015
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005016int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005017{
5018 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005019
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005020 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5021 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005022
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005023 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005024 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005025 return 0;
5026 }
5027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028 Download latest U-Boot source;
5029
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005030 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005031
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005032 if (clueless)
5033 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035 while (learning) {
5036 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005037 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5038 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005039 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005040 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005041 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005042
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005043 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5044 Buy a BDI3000;
5045 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005046 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005047
5048 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5049 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5050 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5051 } else {
5052 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5053 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005054 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005055 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5056 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005057
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005058 while (!accepted) {
5059 while (!running) {
5060 do {
5061 Add / modify source code;
5062 } until (compiles);
5063 Debug;
5064 if (clueless)
5065 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5066 }
5067 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5068 if (reasonable critiques)
5069 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5070 else
5071 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005072 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005073
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005074 return 0;
5075}
5076
5077void no_more_time (int sig)
5078{
5079 hire_a_guru();
5080}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005081
5082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005083Coding Standards:
5084-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005086All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005087coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005088"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005090Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5091MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5092reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5093sources.
5094
5095Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5096Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5097in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005098
5099Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5100- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005101- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005102- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005103- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005104- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5105
5106Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5107with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005108
5109
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005110Submitting Patches:
5111-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005112
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005113Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5114establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5115may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005116
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005117Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005118
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005119Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5120see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005122When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5123it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005124
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5126 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5127 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5130 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005132* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5133
5134* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5135
5136* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005137 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005138
5139* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5140 document these in the README file.
5141
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005142* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5143 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005144 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005145 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5146 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005147
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005148 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5149 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5150 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005151
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005152 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5153 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5154 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5155 affected files).
5156
5157 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5158 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005159
5160* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5161 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5162
5163* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5164 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5165
5166
5167Notes:
5168
5169* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5170 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5171 for any of the boards.
5172
5173* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5174 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5175 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5176
5177* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5178 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5179 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5180 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5181 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5182 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005183
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005184* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5185 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5186 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5187 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.